blob: 1535efec984893f8ab8311fa9941662c01ec0a31 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000034#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000035
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000036using namespace clang;
37
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
50
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000051enum FloatingRank {
52 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
53};
54
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000055void
56ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
57 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
58 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
59 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000060 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000061
62 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
63 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
64 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
65 PEnd = Params->end();
66 P != PEnd; ++P) {
67 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(0);
69 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
70 continue;
71 }
72
73 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
74 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +000075 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000076 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000077 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
78 ID.AddBoolean(true);
79 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
80 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
81 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
82 } else
83 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000084 continue;
85 }
86
87 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
88 ID.AddInteger(2);
89 Profile(ID, TTP);
90 }
91}
92
93TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
94ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +000095 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000096 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
97 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
98 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
99 void *InsertPos = 0;
100 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
101 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
102 if (Canonical)
103 return Canonical->getParam();
104
105 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
106 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
107 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
108 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
109 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
110 PEnd = Params->end();
111 P != PEnd; ++P) {
112 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
113 CanonParams.push_back(
114 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000115 SourceLocation(),
116 SourceLocation(),
117 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000118 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
119 TTP->isParameterPack()));
120 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000121 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
122 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
123 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
124 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
125 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
126 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
127 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
128 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
129 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
130 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
131 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
132 }
133
134 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000135 SourceLocation(),
136 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000137 NTTP->getDepth(),
138 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
139 T,
140 TInfo,
141 ExpandedTypes.data(),
142 ExpandedTypes.size(),
143 ExpandedTInfos.data());
144 } else {
145 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000146 SourceLocation(),
147 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000148 NTTP->getDepth(),
149 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
150 T,
151 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
152 TInfo);
153 }
154 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
155
156 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000157 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
158 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
159 }
160
161 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
162 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
163 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000164 TTP->getPosition(),
165 TTP->isParameterPack(),
166 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000167 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
168 SourceLocation(),
169 CanonParams.data(),
170 CanonParams.size(),
171 SourceLocation()));
172
173 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
174 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
175 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
176 (void)Canonical;
177
178 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
179 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
180 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
181 return CanonTTP;
182}
183
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000184CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000185 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
186
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000187 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000188 case CXXABI_ARM:
189 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
190 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000191 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000192 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
193 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
194 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000195 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000196}
197
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000198static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
199 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
200 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
201 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
202 // language-specific address space.
203 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
204 1, // opencl_global
205 2, // opencl_local
206 3 // opencl_constant
207 };
208 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
209 } else {
210 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
211 }
212}
213
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000214ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000215 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000216 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000217 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000218 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000219 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000220 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
221 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000222 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
223 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000224 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000225 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Peter Collingbourne14b6ba72011-02-09 21:04:32 +0000226 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000227 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000228 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
229 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000230 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000231 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
232 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000233 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000234 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall8178df32011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000235 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000236 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
237 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000238 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000240 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000241 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000242}
243
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000244ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000245 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
246 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
247 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000248
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000249 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
250 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
251 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000252
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000253 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
254 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
255 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
256 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
257 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000258
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000259 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000260 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
261 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
262 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
263 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
264 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
265 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
266 R->Destroy(*this);
267
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000268 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
269 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
270 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
271 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
272 R->Destroy(*this);
273 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000274
275 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
276 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
277 A != AEnd; ++A)
278 A->second->~AttrVec();
279}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000280
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000281void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
282 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
283}
284
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000286ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
287 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
288}
289
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000290void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
291 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
292 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000293
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000294 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000296#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
297#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
298 0 // Extra
299 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
302 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000303 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000304 }
305
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000306 unsigned Idx = 0;
307 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
308#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
309 if (counts[Idx]) \
310 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
311 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
312 ++Idx;
313#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
314#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000315
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000316 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000317
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000318 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000319 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
320 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
321 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000322 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
323 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
324 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
326 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit move constructors created\n",
327 NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared,
328 NumImplicitMoveConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000329 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
330 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
331 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +0000332 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
333 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit move assignment operators created\n",
334 NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
335 NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000336 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
337 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
338
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000339 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
340 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
341 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
342 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000343
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000344 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000345}
346
347
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000348void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000349 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000350 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000351 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000352}
353
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000354void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
355 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000357 // C99 6.2.5p19.
358 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360 // C99 6.2.5p2.
361 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
362 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000363 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000364 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
365 else
366 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
367 // C99 6.2.5p4.
368 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
369 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
370 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
371 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
372 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000373
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000374 // C99 6.2.5p6.
375 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
376 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
377 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
378 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
379 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000381 // C99 6.2.5p10.
382 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
383 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
384 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000385
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000386 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
387 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
388 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
389
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000390 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000391 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000392 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
393 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
394 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
395 } else // C99
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000396 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000397
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000398 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
399 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
400 else // C99
401 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
402
403 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
404 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
405 else // C99
406 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
407
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000408 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
409 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
410 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
411 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
412 // expressions.
413 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000415 // Placeholder type for functions.
416 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
417
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000418 // Placeholder type for bound members.
419 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
420
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000421 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
422 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
423
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000424 // C99 6.2.5p11.
425 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
426 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
427 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000428
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000429 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000431 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
432 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
433 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000434 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000436 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000437 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
438 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000439 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000440
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000441 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000443 // void * type
444 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000445
446 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
447 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000448}
449
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000450Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
451 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
452}
453
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000454AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
455 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
456 if (!Result) {
457 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
458 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
459 }
460
461 return *Result;
462}
463
464/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
465void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
466 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
467 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
468 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
469 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
470 }
471}
472
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000473MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000474ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000475 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000476 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000477 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
478 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
479 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000481 return Pos->second;
482}
483
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000485ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000486 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
487 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000488 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
489 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
490 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
491 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000492 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000493 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000494}
495
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000496NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000497ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000498 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000499 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
500 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000501 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000503 return Pos->second;
504}
505
506void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000507ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
508 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
509 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
510 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
511 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
512 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
513 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
514}
515
516UsingShadowDecl *
517ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
518 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
519 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
520 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
521 return 0;
522
523 return Pos->second;
524}
525
526void
527ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
528 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
529 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
530 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000531}
532
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000533FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
534 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
535 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
536 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
537 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000538
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000539 return Pos->second;
540}
541
542void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
543 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
544 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
545 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
546 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
547 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000548
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000549 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
550}
551
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000552bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
553 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
554 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
555 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
556
557}
558
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000559bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
560 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
561 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Fariborz Jahaniancc0f9f12011-05-03 22:07:14 +0000562 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
563 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000564
565}
566
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000567bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
568 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
569 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
570 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
571 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
572}
573
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +0000574bool ASTContext::NoneBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
575 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
576 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
577 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
578}
579
580bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNoneBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
581 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
582 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
583 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
584}
585
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000586ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
587ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
588 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
589 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
590 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
591 return 0;
592
593 return Pos->second.begin();
594}
595
596ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
597ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
598 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
599 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
600 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
601 return 0;
602
603 return Pos->second.end();
604}
605
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000606unsigned
607ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
608 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
609 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
610 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
611 return 0;
612
613 return Pos->second.size();
614}
615
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000616void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
617 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
618 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
619}
620
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000621//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
622// Type Sizing and Analysis
623//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000624
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000625/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
626/// scalar floating point type.
627const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000628 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000629 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
630 switch (BT->getKind()) {
631 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
632 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
633 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
634 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
635 }
636}
637
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000638/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000639/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
640/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000641/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
642/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000643CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000644 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
645
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000646 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
647 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
648 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000649
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000650 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
651 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
652 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
653 //
654 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
655 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
656 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
657 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
658 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
659 } else {
660 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
661 }
662 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000663 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
664 UseAlignAttrOnly =
665 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
666 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000667
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000668 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
669 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000670 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000671 // do nothing
672
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000673 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000674 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000675 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000676 if (RefAsPointee)
677 T = RT->getPointeeType();
678 else
679 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
680 }
681 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000682 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
683 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000684 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000685 const ArrayType *arrayType;
686 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
687 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
688 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
689 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
690 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
691 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000692
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000693 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
694 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
695 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000696 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
697 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000698
699 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
700 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
701 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
702 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
703 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
704 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
705 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
706 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
707
708 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000709 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000710
711 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
712 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
713 if (offset > 0) {
714 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
715 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
716 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
717 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
718 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
719 }
720
721 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000722 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000723 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000724
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000725 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000726}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000727
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000728std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000729ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000730 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000731 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
732 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000733}
734
735std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000736ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000737 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
738}
739
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000740/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
741/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000742///
743/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
744/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
745/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000746std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000747ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000748 uint64_t Width=0;
749 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000750 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000751#define TYPE(Class, Base)
752#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000753#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000754#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
755#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000756 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000757 break;
758
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000759 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
760 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000761 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
762 Width = 0;
763 Align = 32;
764 break;
765
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000766 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000767 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000768 Width = 0;
769 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
770 break;
771
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000772 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000773 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000774
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000776 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000777 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000778 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000779 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000780 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000781 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000782 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000783 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
784 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
785 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000786 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000787 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
788 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000789 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000790 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
791 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
792 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000793 break;
794 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000795
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000796 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000797 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000798 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000799 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000800 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
801 Width = 0;
802 Align = 8;
803 break;
804
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000805 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000806 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
807 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000808 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000809 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
810 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
811 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000812 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000813 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
814 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000815 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000816 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
817 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000818 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
819 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
820 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000821 case BuiltinType::Char16:
822 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
823 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
824 break;
825 case BuiltinType::Char32:
826 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
827 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
828 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000829 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000830 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000831 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
832 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000833 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000834 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000835 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000836 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
837 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000838 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000839 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000840 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000841 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
842 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000843 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000844 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000845 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000846 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
847 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000848 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000849 case BuiltinType::Int128:
850 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
851 Width = 128;
852 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
853 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000854 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000855 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
856 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000857 break;
858 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000859 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
860 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000861 break;
862 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000863 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
864 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000865 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000866 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
867 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
868 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000869 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000870 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
871 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
872 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
873 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
874 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
875 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000876 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000877 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000878 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000879 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000880 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000881 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000882 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000883 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
884 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000885 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
886 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
887 break;
888 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000889 case Type::LValueReference:
890 case Type::RValueReference: {
891 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
892 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000893 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
894 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000895 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
896 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
897 break;
898 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000899 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000900 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000901 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000902 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
903 break;
904 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000905 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000906 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000907 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000908 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000909 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000910 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
911 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000912 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000913 case Type::Complex: {
914 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
915 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000917 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000918 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000919 Align = EltInfo.second;
920 break;
921 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000922 case Type::ObjCObject:
923 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000924 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000925 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000926 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000927 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000928 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000929 break;
930 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000931 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000932 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000933 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
934
935 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000936 Width = 8;
937 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000938 break;
939 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000940
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000941 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000942 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
943
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000944 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000945 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000946 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000947 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000948 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000949 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000950
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000951 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000952 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
953 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000954
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000955 case Type::Auto: {
956 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
957 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000958 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000959 }
960
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000961 case Type::Paren:
962 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
963
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000964 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000965 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000966 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
967 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000968 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
969 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
970 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
971 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
972 Align = AttrAlign;
973 else
974 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000975 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000976 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000977 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000978
979 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
980 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
981 .getTypePtr());
982
983 case Type::TypeOf:
984 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
985
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000986 case Type::Decltype:
987 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
988 .getTypePtr());
989
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +0000990 case Type::UnaryTransform:
991 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
992
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000993 case Type::Elaborated:
994 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000995
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000996 case Type::Attributed:
997 return getTypeInfo(
998 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
999
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001000 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001001 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001002 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001003 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1004 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1005 // aligned attribute on it.
1006 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1007 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1008 else
1009 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1010 }
1011
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001012 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001013
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001014 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001015 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001016}
1017
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001018/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1019CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1020 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1021}
1022
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001023/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1024int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1025 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1026}
1027
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001028/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1029/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001030CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001031 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001032}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001033CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001034 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001035}
1036
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001037/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001038/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001039CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001040 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001041}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001042CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001043 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001044}
1045
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001046/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1047/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1048/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1049/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001050unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001051 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001052
1053 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001054 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001055 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1056 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1057 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1058 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1059
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001060 return ABIAlign;
1061}
1062
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001063/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
1064/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
1065///
1066void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001067 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001068 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
1069 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
1070 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1071 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1072 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1073 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001074}
1075
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001076/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1077/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1078/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1079/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1080/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001081///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001082void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1083 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001084 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001085 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1086 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1087 if (!leafClass) {
1088 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1089 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001090 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1091 }
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001092 else
1093 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001094}
1095
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001096/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1097/// those inherited by it.
1098void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001099 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001100 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001101 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1102 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1103 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1104 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001105 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001106 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001107 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001108 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1109 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001110 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1111 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001112 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001113
1114 // Categories of this Interface.
1115 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1116 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1117 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1118 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1119 while (SD) {
1120 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1121 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1122 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001123 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001124 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001125 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1126 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001127 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001128 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1129 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1130 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1131 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001132 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001133 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1134 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1135 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001136 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001137 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1138 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1139 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1140 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001141 }
1142}
1143
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001144unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001145 unsigned count = 0;
1146 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001147 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1148 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001149 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1150
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001151 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1152 // includes synthesized ivars.
1153 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001154 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1155
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001156 return count;
1157}
1158
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001159/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1160ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1161 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1162 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1163 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1164 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1165 return 0;
1166}
1167/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1168ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1169 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1170 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1171 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1172 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1173 return 0;
1174}
1175
1176/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1177void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1178 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1179 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1180 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1181}
1182/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1183void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1184 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1185 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1186 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1187}
1188
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001189/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1190/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001191Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001192 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1193 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1194 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001195 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001196 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001197 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1198}
1199
1200/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1201void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1202 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001203 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1204 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001205 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1206}
1207
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001208/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001209///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001210/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001211/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1212///
1213/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1214/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1215/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001216TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001217 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001218 if (!DataSize)
1219 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1220 else
1221 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001222 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001223
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001224 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1225 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1226 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1227 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001228}
1229
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001230TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001231 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001232 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001233 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001234 return DI;
1235}
1236
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001237const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001238ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001239 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1240}
1241
1242const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001243ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1244 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001245 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1246}
1247
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1249// Type creation/memoization methods
1250//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1251
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001252QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001253ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1254 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1255 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001256
1257 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1258 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001259 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1260 void *insertPos = 0;
1261 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1262 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1263 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001264 }
1265
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001266 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1267 QualType canon;
1268 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1269 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1270 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1271 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1272
1273 // Re-find the insert position.
1274 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1275 }
1276
1277 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1278 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1279 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001280}
1281
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001282QualType
1283ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001284 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1285 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001286 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001287
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001288 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1289 // into one ExtQuals node.
1290 QualifierCollector Quals;
1291 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001292
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001293 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1294 // another one.
1295 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1296 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1297 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001298
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001299 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001300}
1301
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001302QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001303 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001304 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001305 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001306 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001308 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1309 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001310 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001311 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1312 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1313 }
1314 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001315
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001316 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1317 // into one ExtQuals node.
1318 QualifierCollector Quals;
1319 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001320
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001321 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1322 // another one.
1323 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1324 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1325 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001326
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001327 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001328}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001329
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001330const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1331 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1332 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1333 return T;
1334
1335 QualType Result;
1336 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1337 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1338 } else {
1339 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1340 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1341 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1342 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1343 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1344 }
1345
1346 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1347}
1348
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001349/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1350/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001351QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001352 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1353 // structure.
1354 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1355 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 void *InsertPos = 0;
1358 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1359 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001360
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1362 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1363 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001364 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001365 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1368 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001369 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001370 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001371 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 Types.push_back(New);
1373 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1374 return QualType(New, 0);
1375}
1376
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1378/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001379QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1381 // structure.
1382 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1383 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001384
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 void *InsertPos = 0;
1386 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1387 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001389 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1390 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1391 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001392 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001393 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1396 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001397 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001398 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001399 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 Types.push_back(New);
1401 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1402 return QualType(New, 0);
1403}
1404
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001405/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001406/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001407QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001408 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1409 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001410 // structure.
1411 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1412 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001413
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001414 void *InsertPos = 0;
1415 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1416 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1417 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001418
1419 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001420 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1421 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001422 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001423 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001425 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1426 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1427 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001428 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001429 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001430 BlockPointerType *New
1431 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001432 Types.push_back(New);
1433 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1434 return QualType(New, 0);
1435}
1436
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001437/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1438/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001439QualType
1440ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00001441 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
1442 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
1443
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001444 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1445 // structure.
1446 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001447 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001448
1449 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001450 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1451 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001452 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001453
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001454 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1455
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001456 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1457 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1458 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001459 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1460 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1461 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001462
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001464 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1465 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001466 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001467 }
1468
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001469 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001470 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1471 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001473 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001474
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001475 return QualType(New, 0);
1476}
1477
1478/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1479/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001480QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001481 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1482 // structure.
1483 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001484 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001485
1486 void *InsertPos = 0;
1487 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1488 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1489 return QualType(RT, 0);
1490
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001491 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1492
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001493 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1494 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1495 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001496 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1497 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1498 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001499
1500 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1501 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1502 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001503 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001504 }
1505
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001506 RValueReferenceType *New
1507 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001508 Types.push_back(New);
1509 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001510 return QualType(New, 0);
1511}
1512
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001513/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1514/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001515QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001516 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1517 // structure.
1518 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1519 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1520
1521 void *InsertPos = 0;
1522 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1523 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1524 return QualType(PT, 0);
1525
1526 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1527 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1528 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001529 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001530 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1531
1532 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1533 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1534 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001535 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001536 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001537 MemberPointerType *New
1538 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001539 Types.push_back(New);
1540 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1541 return QualType(New, 0);
1542}
1543
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001544/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001545/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001546QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001547 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001548 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001549 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001550 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1551 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001552 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1553
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001554 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1555 // the target.
1556 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001557 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001558 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001559
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001561 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001563 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001565 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001566 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001567
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001568 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1569 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1570 QualType Canon;
1571 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1572 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1573 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001574 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001575 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1576
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001577 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001579 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001580 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001581 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001582
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001583 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001584 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001585 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001586 Types.push_back(New);
1587 return QualType(New, 0);
1588}
1589
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001590/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1591/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1592/// sizes replaced with [*].
1593QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1594 // Vastly most common case.
1595 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001596
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001597 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001598
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001599 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1600 const Type *ty = split.first;
1601 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1602#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1603#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1604#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1605#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1606 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1607
1608 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1609 case Type::Builtin:
1610 case Type::Complex:
1611 case Type::Vector:
1612 case Type::ExtVector:
1613 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1614 case Type::ObjCObject:
1615 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1616 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1617 case Type::Record:
1618 case Type::Enum:
1619 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1620 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1621 case Type::TypeOf:
1622 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001623 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001624 case Type::DependentName:
1625 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1626 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1627 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1628 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1629 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001630 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001631 case Type::PackExpansion:
1632 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1633
1634 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1635 // further decay.
1636 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1637 case Type::FunctionProto:
1638 case Type::BlockPointer:
1639 case Type::MemberPointer:
1640 return type;
1641
1642 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1643 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1644 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1645 // optimizations available here.
1646 case Type::Pointer:
1647 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1648 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1649 break;
1650
1651 case Type::LValueReference: {
1652 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1653 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1654 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1655 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1656 break;
1657 }
1658
1659 case Type::RValueReference: {
1660 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1661 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1662 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1663 break;
1664 }
1665
1666 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1667 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1668 result = getConstantArrayType(
1669 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1670 cat->getSize(),
1671 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1672 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1673 break;
1674 }
1675
1676 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1677 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1678 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1679 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1680 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1681 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1682 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1683 dat->getBracketsRange());
1684 break;
1685 }
1686
1687 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1688 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1689 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1690 result = getVariableArrayType(
1691 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1692 /*size*/ 0,
1693 ArrayType::Normal,
1694 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1695 SourceRange());
1696 break;
1697 }
1698
1699 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1700 case Type::VariableArray: {
1701 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1702 result = getVariableArrayType(
1703 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1704 /*size*/ 0,
1705 ArrayType::Star,
1706 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1707 vat->getBracketsRange());
1708 break;
1709 }
1710 }
1711
1712 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1713 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1714}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001715
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001716/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1717/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001718QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1719 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001720 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001721 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001722 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001723 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1724 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001725 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001726
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001727 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1728 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1729 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1730 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001731 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001733 }
1734
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001735 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001736 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001737
1738 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1739 Types.push_back(New);
1740 return QualType(New, 0);
1741}
1742
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001743/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1744/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001745/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001746QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1747 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001748 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001749 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1750 SourceRange brackets) const {
1751 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1752 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001753 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1754
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001755 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1756 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1757 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1758 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1759 if (!numElements) {
1760 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1761 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1762 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1763 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1764 brackets);
1765 Types.push_back(newType);
1766 return QualType(newType, 0);
1767 }
1768
1769 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1770 // also build a canonical type.
1771
1772 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1773
1774 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001775 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001776 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1777 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1778 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001779
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001780 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1781 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1782 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001783
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001784 // If we don't have one, build one.
1785 if (!canonTy) {
1786 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1787 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1788 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1789 brackets);
1790 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1791 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001792 }
1793
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001794 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1795 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1796 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001798 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1799 // then just use that as our result.
1800 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1801 return canon;
1802
1803 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1804 // of the element type.
1805 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1806 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1807 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1808 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1809 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1810 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001811}
1812
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001813QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001814 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001815 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001816 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001817 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001818
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001819 void *insertPos = 0;
1820 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1821 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1822 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001823
1824 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001825 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1826 // qualifiers off the element type.
1827 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001828
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001829 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1830 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1831 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1832 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1833 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001834
1835 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001836 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1837 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1838 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001839 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001840
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001841 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1842 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001843
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001844 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1845 Types.push_back(newType);
1846 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001847}
1848
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001849/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1850/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001851QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001852 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001853 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001854
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001855 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1856 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001857 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001858
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001859 void *InsertPos = 0;
1860 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1861 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1862
1863 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1864 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1865 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001866 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001867 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001869 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1870 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001871 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001872 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001873 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001874 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001875 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1876 Types.push_back(New);
1877 return QualType(New, 0);
1878}
1879
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001880/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001881/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001882QualType
1883ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001884 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001886 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1887 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001888 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001889 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001890 void *InsertPos = 0;
1891 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1892 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1893
1894 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1895 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1896 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001897 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001898 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001899
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001900 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1901 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001902 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001903 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001904 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1905 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001906 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1907 Types.push_back(New);
1908 return QualType(New, 0);
1909}
1910
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001911QualType
1912ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1913 Expr *SizeExpr,
1914 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001915 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001916 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001917 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001918
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001919 void *InsertPos = 0;
1920 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1921 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1922 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1923 if (Canon) {
1924 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1925 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001926 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1927 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1928 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001929 } else {
1930 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1931 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001932 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1933 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1934 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001935
1936 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1937 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1938 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1939 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001940 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1941 } else {
1942 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1943 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001944 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1945 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001946 }
1947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001949 Types.push_back(New);
1950 return QualType(New, 0);
1951}
1952
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001953/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001954///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001955QualType
1956ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1957 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001958 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1959 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1960 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001961 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1962 // structure.
1963 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001964 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001968 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001969 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001971 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001972 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001973 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001974 Canonical =
1975 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1976 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001978 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001979 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1980 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001981 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001982 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001984 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001985 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001986 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001987 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001988 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001989 return QualType(New, 0);
1990}
1991
1992/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1993/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001994QualType
1995ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1996 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1997 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001998 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1999 // structure.
2000 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002001 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002002
2003 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002005 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002006 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002007
2008 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002009 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002010 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002011 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012 isCanonical = false;
2013
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002014 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2015 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2016 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002017
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002018 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002019 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002020 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002021 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002022 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
2023 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2024 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002025 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002026
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002027 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002028 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2029 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002030 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2031 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2032
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002033 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002034 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002035 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002036
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002037 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002038 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2039 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002040 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002041 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002042
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002043 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002044 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002045 // end of them. Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2046 // expression and a context pointer.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002047 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002048 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2049 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2050 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2051 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002052 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002053 }
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002054 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002055 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2056 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002057 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002058 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002059 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002060 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2061}
2062
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002063#ifndef NDEBUG
2064static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2065 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2066 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2067 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2068 return true;
2069 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2070 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2071 return true;
2072 return false;
2073}
2074#endif
2075
2076/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2077/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2078QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002079 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002080 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2081 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2082 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002083 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002084 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2085 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2086 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2087 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002088 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002089 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002090 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2091 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002092 }
2093 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2094}
2095
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002096/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2097/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002098QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002099 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002100 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002102 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002103 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002104
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002105 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2106 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2107
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002108 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002109 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2110 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2111 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002112 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002113 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002114 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2115 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002116 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002117 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002118 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002119 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2120 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2121 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002122 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002123 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002124
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002125 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002126}
2127
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002128/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002129/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002130QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002131ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2132 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002133 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002135 if (Canonical.isNull())
2136 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002137 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002138 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002139 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2140 Types.push_back(newType);
2141 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002142}
2143
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002144QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002145 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2146
2147 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2148 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2149 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2150
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002151 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2152 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2153 Types.push_back(newType);
2154 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002155}
2156
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002157QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002158 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2159
2160 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2161 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2162 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2163
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002164 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2165 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2166 Types.push_back(newType);
2167 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002168}
2169
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002170QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2171 QualType modifiedType,
2172 QualType equivalentType) {
2173 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2174 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2175
2176 void *insertPos = 0;
2177 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2178 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2179
2180 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2181 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2182 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2183
2184 Types.push_back(type);
2185 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2186
2187 return QualType(type, 0);
2188}
2189
2190
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002191/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2192QualType
2193ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002194 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002195 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002196 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2197
2198 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2199 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2200 void *InsertPos = 0;
2201 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2202 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203
2204 if (!SubstParm) {
2205 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2206 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2207 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2208 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2209 }
2210
2211 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2212}
2213
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002214/// \brief Retrieve a
2215QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2216 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2217 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2218#ifndef NDEBUG
2219 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2220 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2221 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2222 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2223 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2224 }
2225#endif
2226
2227 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2228 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2229 void *InsertPos = 0;
2230 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2231 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2232 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2233
2234 QualType Canon;
2235 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2236 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2237 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2238 ArgPack);
2239 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2240 }
2241
2242 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2243 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2244 ArgPack);
2245 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2246 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2247 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2248}
2249
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002250/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002252/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002254 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002255 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002256 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002257 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002258 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002260 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2261
2262 if (TypeParm)
2263 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002265 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002266 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002267 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002268
2269 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2270 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2271 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2272 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002273 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002274 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2275 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002276
2277 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2278 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2279
2280 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2281}
2282
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002283TypeSourceInfo *
2284ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2285 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2286 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002287 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002288 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2289 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002290 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002291
2292 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2293 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2294 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2295 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2296 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2297 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2298 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2299 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2300 return DI;
2301}
2302
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002304ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002305 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002306 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002307 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2308 "No dependent template names here!");
2309
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002310 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2311
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002312 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2313 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2314 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2315 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2316
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002317 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002318 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002319}
2320
2321QualType
2322ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002323 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2324 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002325 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002326 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2327 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002328 // Look through qualified template names.
2329 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2330 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002331
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002332 bool isTypeAlias =
2333 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
2334 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
2335
2336 QualType CanonType;
2337 if (!Underlying.isNull())
2338 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
2339 else {
2340 assert(!isTypeAlias &&
2341 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2342 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
2343 NumArgs);
2344 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002345
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002346 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2347 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2348 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002349 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2350 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
2351 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002352 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002354 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002355 Args, NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002356 CanonType,
2357 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002359 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002361}
2362
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002363QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002364ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2365 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002366 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002367 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2368 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002369 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
2370 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
2371 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
2372
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002373 // Look through qualified template names.
2374 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2375 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002376
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002377 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2378 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2379 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2380 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2381 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2382 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2383
2384 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2385 // exists.
2386 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2387 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2388 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2389
2390 void *InsertPos = 0;
2391 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2392 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2393
2394 if (!Spec) {
2395 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2396 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2397 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2398 TypeAlignment);
2399 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2400 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002401 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002402 Types.push_back(Spec);
2403 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2404 }
2405
2406 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2407 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2408 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2409}
2410
2411QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002412ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2413 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002414 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002415 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002416 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002417
2418 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002419 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002420 if (T)
2421 return QualType(T, 0);
2422
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002423 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2424 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2425 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002426 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2427 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002428 (void)CheckT;
2429 }
2430
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002431 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002432 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002433 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002434 return QualType(T, 0);
2435}
2436
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002437QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002438ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002439 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2440 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2441
2442 void *InsertPos = 0;
2443 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2444 if (T)
2445 return QualType(T, 0);
2446
2447 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2448 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2449 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2450 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2451 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2452 (void)CheckT;
2453 }
2454
2455 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2456 Types.push_back(T);
2457 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2458 return QualType(T, 0);
2459}
2460
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002461QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2462 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2463 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002464 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002465 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2466
2467 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2468 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002469 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2470 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2471 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2472
2473 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2474 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002475 }
2476
2477 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002478 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002479
2480 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002481 DependentNameType *T
2482 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002483 if (T)
2484 return QualType(T, 0);
2485
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002486 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002487 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002488 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002490}
2491
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002493ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2494 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002495 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002496 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002497 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002498 // TODO: avoid this copy
2499 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2500 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2501 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2502 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2503 ArgCopy.size(),
2504 ArgCopy.data());
2505}
2506
2507QualType
2508ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2509 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2510 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2511 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2512 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002513 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002514 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2515 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002516
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002517 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002518 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2519 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002520
2521 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002522 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2523 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002524 if (T)
2525 return QualType(T, 0);
2526
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002527 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002528
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002529 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2530 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2531
2532 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2533 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2534 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2535 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2536 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2537 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002538 }
2539
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002540 QualType Canon;
2541 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2542 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2543 Name, NumArgs,
2544 CanonArgs.data());
2545
2546 // Find the insert position again.
2547 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2548 }
2549
2550 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2551 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2552 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002553 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002554 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002555 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002556 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002558}
2559
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002560QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2561 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002563 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002564
2565 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2566 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2567 void *InsertPos = 0;
2568 PackExpansionType *T
2569 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2570 if (T)
2571 return QualType(T, 0);
2572
2573 QualType Canon;
2574 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002575 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002576
2577 // Find the insert position again.
2578 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2579 }
2580
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002581 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002582 Types.push_back(T);
2583 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2584 return QualType(T, 0);
2585}
2586
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002587/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2588/// alphabetically.
2589static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2590 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002591 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002592}
2593
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002594static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002595 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2596 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2597
2598 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2599 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2600 return false;
2601 return true;
2602}
2603
2604static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002605 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2606 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002608 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2609 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2610
2611 // Remove duplicates.
2612 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2613 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2614}
2615
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002616QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2617 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002618 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002619 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2620 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2621 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2622 return BaseType;
2623
2624 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002625 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002626 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002627 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002628 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2629 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002630
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002631 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2632 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002633 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002634 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2635 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2636 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002637 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2638 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002639 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2640
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002641 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002642 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2643 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002644 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002645 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2646 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002647 }
2648
2649 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002650 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2651 }
2652
2653 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2654 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2655 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2656 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2657 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2658
2659 Types.push_back(T);
2660 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2661 return QualType(T, 0);
2662}
2663
2664/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2665/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002666QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002667 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2668 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2669
2670 void *InsertPos = 0;
2671 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2672 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2673 return QualType(QT, 0);
2674
2675 // Find the canonical object type.
2676 QualType Canonical;
2677 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2678 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2679
2680 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002681 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2682 }
2683
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002684 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002685 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2686 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2687 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002688
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002689 Types.push_back(QType);
2690 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002691 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002692}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002693
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002694/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2695/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002696QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002697 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2698 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002699
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002700 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2701 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2702 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2703 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2704 Types.push_back(T);
2705 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002706}
2707
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002708/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2709/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002710/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002711/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002712/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002713QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002714 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002715 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2716 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2717 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002719 void *InsertPos = 0;
2720 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2721 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2722 if (Canon) {
2723 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2724 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002725 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002726 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2727 }
2728 else {
2729 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002730 Canon
2731 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002732 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2733 toe = Canon;
2734 }
2735 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002736 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002737 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002738 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002739 Types.push_back(toe);
2740 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002741}
2742
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002743/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2744/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2745/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002746/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002747/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002748QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002749 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002750 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002751 Types.push_back(tot);
2752 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002753}
2754
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002755/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2756/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002757static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002758 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2759 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002761 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2762 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2763 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2764 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2765 return VD->getType();
2766 }
2767 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2768 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2769 return FD->getType();
2770 }
2771 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2772 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2773 // return type of that function.
2774 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2775 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002777 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002778
2779 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002780 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002781 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002782 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002783
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002784 return T;
2785}
2786
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002787/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2788/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2789/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002791/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002792QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002793 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002794 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2795 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2796 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002798 void *InsertPos = 0;
2799 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2800 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2801 if (Canon) {
2802 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2803 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002804 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002805 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2806 }
2807 else {
2808 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002809 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002810 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2811 dt = Canon;
2812 }
2813 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002814 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002815 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002816 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002817 Types.push_back(dt);
2818 return QualType(dt, 0);
2819}
2820
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002821/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
2822/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
2823QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2824 QualType UnderlyingType,
2825 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
2826 const {
2827 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00002828 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
2829 Kind,
2830 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
2831 QualType() : UnderlyingType);
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002832 Types.push_back(Ty);
2833 return QualType(Ty, 0);
2834}
2835
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002836/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002837QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002838 void *InsertPos = 0;
2839 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2840 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2841 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2842 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2843 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2844 return QualType(AT, 0);
2845 }
2846
2847 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2848 Types.push_back(AT);
2849 if (InsertPos)
2850 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2851 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002852}
2853
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002854/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2855QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2856 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2857 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2858 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2859 return AutoDeductTy;
2860}
2861
2862/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2863QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2864 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2865 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2866 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2867 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2868}
2869
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002870/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2871/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002872QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002873 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002874 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2875 // away const? mutable?
2876 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002877}
2878
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2880/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2881/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002882CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002883 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002884}
2885
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002886/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2887/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2888QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2889 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2890 return WCharTy;
2891}
2892
2893/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2894/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2895QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2896 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2897 return UnsignedIntTy;
2898}
2899
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002900/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2901/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2902QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002903 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002904}
2905
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002906//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2907// Type Operators
2908//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2909
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002910CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002911 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2912 // qualifiers.
2913 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002914 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002915 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002916 QualType Result;
2917 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2918 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2919 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2920 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2921 } else {
2922 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2923 }
2924
2925 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2926}
2927
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002928
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002929QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2930 Qualifiers &quals) {
2931 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2932
2933 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2934 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2935 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2936 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2937 const ArrayType *AT =
2938 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2939
2940 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002941 if (!AT) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002942 quals = splitType.second;
2943 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002944 }
2945
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002946 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2947 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2948 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2949
2950 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2951 // can just use the results in splitType.
2952 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2953 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2954 quals = splitType.second;
2955 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2956 }
2957
2958 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2959 // build the type back up.
2960 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002961
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002962 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002963 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002964 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2965 }
2966
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002967 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002968 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002969 }
2970
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002971 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002972 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002973 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002974 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2975 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2976 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2977 }
2978
2979 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002980 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002981 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2982 SourceRange());
2983}
2984
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002985/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2986/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2987/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2988/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2989/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2990/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2991/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2992/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2993bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2994 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2995 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2996 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2997 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2998 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2999 return true;
3000 }
3001
3002 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3003 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3004 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3005 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3006 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3007 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3008 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3009 return true;
3010 }
3011
3012 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
3013 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3014 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3015 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3016 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3017 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3018 return true;
3019 }
3020 }
3021
3022 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3023
3024 return false;
3025}
3026
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003027DeclarationNameInfo
3028ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3029 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003030 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003031 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3032 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3033
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003034 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003035 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003036 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003037 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3038 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003039 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003040 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3041 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3042 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3043 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3044 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3045 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003046 }
3047 }
3048
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003049 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3050 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003051 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3052 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003053}
3054
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003055TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003056 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
3057 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
3058 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
3059 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3060
3061 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003062 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003063 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003064
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00003065 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack
3066 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) {
3067 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam
3068 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack());
3069 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack
3070 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack());
3071 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack);
3072 }
3073
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003074 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003075
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003076 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3077 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3078 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3079}
3080
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003081bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3082 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3083 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3084 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3085}
3086
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003087TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003088ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003089 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3090 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3091 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003093 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003094 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003096 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003097 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003098
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003099 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3100 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003101
3102 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3103 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3104 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003105 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003106
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003107 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003108 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003109 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003110
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003111 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003112 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003113
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003114 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003115 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3116 return Arg;
3117
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003118 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3119 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003120 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003122 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3123 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3124 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003125
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003126 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003127 }
3128 }
3129
3130 // Silence GCC warning
3131 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3132 return TemplateArgument();
3133}
3134
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003135NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003136ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003138 return 0;
3139
3140 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3141 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3142 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003143 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003144 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3145 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3146
3147 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3148 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3149 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003150 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3151 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3152
3153 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3154 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3155 // this namespace and no prefix.
3156 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3157 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3158 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003159
3160 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3161 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3162 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003163
3164 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3165 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3166 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3167 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3168 // types, e.g.,
3169 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3170 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3171 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3172 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3173 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3174 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3175 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3176 }
3177
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003178 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003179 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3180 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3181 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3182 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003183
3184 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3185 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3186 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3187 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003188 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3189 }
3190
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003191 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3192 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003193 }
3194
3195 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3196 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3197 return NNS;
3198 }
3199
3200 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3201 return 0;
3202}
3203
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003204
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003205const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003206 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003207 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003208 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3209 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3210 return AT;
3211 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003212
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003213 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003214 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003215 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003216
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003217 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003218 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3219 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003220
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003221 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3222 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003223 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003225 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3226 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003228 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003229 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3230 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003231 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003232
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003233 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3234 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003235 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003236
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003237 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3238 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3239 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003240 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003241 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3242 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3243 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003244 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003245
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003247 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3248 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003250 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003251 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003252 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003253 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003254
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003255 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003256 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003257 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003258 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003259 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003260 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003261}
3262
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003263/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3264/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3265/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3266/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3267///
3268/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003269QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003270 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3271 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3272 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3273 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3274 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3275 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003277 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003278
3279 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003280 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003281}
3282
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003283QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3284 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003285}
3286
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003287QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3288 Qualifiers qs;
3289 while (true) {
3290 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3291 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3292 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003294 type = array->getElementType();
3295 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3296 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003297
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003298 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003299}
3300
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003301/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003303ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3304 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3305 do {
3306 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3307 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3308 } while (CA);
3309 return ElementCount;
3310}
3311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003312/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3313/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003314static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003315 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003316 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003317
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003318 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3319 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003320 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003321 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3322 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3323 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
3324 }
3325}
3326
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3328/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003329/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3330/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003331QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3332 QualType Domain) const {
3333 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3334 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3335 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003336 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003337 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3338 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3339 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3340 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003341 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003342
3343 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3344 switch (EltRank) {
3345 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3346 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3347 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3348 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003349 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003350}
3351
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003352/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3353/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3354/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003355/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003356int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003357 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3358 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003359
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003360 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003361 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003362 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003363 return 1;
3364 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003365}
3366
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003367/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3368/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3369/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003370unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003371 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003372 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003373 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003374
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003375 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3376 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003377 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3378
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003379 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3380 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3381
3382 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3383 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3384
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003385 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003386 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3387 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003388 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003389 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3390 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3391 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3392 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003393 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003394 case BuiltinType::Short:
3395 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003396 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003397 case BuiltinType::Int:
3398 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003399 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003400 case BuiltinType::Long:
3401 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003402 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003403 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3404 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003405 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003406 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3407 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3408 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003409 }
3410}
3411
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003412/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3413/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3414///
3415/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3416/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003417QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003418 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3419 return QualType();
3420
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003421 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3422 if (!Field)
3423 return QualType();
3424
3425 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3426
3427 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3428 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3429 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3430 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3431 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3432 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3433 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3434 return IntTy;
3435
3436 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3437 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3438
3439 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3440 // like the base type.
3441 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3442 // is ridiculous.
3443 return QualType();
3444}
3445
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003446/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3447/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3448/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003449QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003450 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3451 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003452 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3453 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003454 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3455 return IntTy;
3456 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3457 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3458 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3459 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3460}
3461
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003463/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003464/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003465int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003466 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3467 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003468 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003469
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003470 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3471 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003472
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003473 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3474 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003476 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3477 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3478 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3479 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003480
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003481 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3482 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3483 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3484 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3485 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003487 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3488 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003489 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003490 return -1;
3491 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003492
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003493 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3494 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3495 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003497 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3498 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003499 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003500 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003501}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003502
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003503static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003504CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3505 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3506 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003507 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003508 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003509 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003510 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003511}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003512
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003514QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003515 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003516 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003517 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003518 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003519 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003520
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003521 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003522
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003523 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003524 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003525 // int flags;
3526 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003527 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003528 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003529 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3531
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003532 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003533 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003534 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003535 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003536 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003537 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003538 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003539 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003540 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003541 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003542 }
3543
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003544 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003545 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003547 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003548}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003549
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003550void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003551 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003552 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3553 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3554}
3555
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003556// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003557QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003558 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3559 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003560 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003561 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3562 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3563
3564 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3565
3566 // const int *isa;
3567 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3568 // const char *str;
3569 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3570 // unsigned int length;
3571 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3572
3573 // Create fields
3574 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3575 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003576 SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003577 SourceLocation(), 0,
3578 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3579 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3580 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003581 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003582 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3583 }
3584
3585 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3586 }
3587
3588 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3589}
3590
3591void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3592 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3593 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3594 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3595}
3596
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003597QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003598 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003599 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003600 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003601 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003602 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003604 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3605 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003606 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003607 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3608 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3609 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3610 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003611
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003612 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3614 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003615 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003616 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003617 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003619 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003620 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003621 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003622 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003623
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003624 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003625 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003626
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003627 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3628}
3629
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003630QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003631 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3632 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3633
3634 RecordDecl *T;
3635 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003636 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003637 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003638 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003639
3640 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3641 UnsignedLongTy,
3642 UnsignedLongTy,
3643 };
3644
3645 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3646 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003647 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003648 };
3649
3650 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003651 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003652 SourceLocation(),
3653 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003654 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003655 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3656 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003657 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003658 T->addDecl(Field);
3659 }
3660
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003661 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003662
3663 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3664
3665 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3666}
3667
3668void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3669 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3670 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3671 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3672}
3673
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003674QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003675 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3676 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3677
3678 RecordDecl *T;
3679 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003680 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003681 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003682 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003683
3684 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3685 UnsignedLongTy,
3686 UnsignedLongTy,
3687 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3688 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3689 };
3690
3691 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3692 "reserved",
3693 "Size",
3694 "CopyFuncPtr",
3695 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3696 };
3697
3698 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003699 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003700 SourceLocation(),
3701 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003702 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003703 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3704 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003705 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003706 T->addDecl(Field);
3707 }
3708
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003709 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003710
3711 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3712
3713 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3714}
3715
3716void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3717 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3718 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3719 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3720}
3721
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003722bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003723 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3724 return true;
3725 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3726 return true;
3727 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3728 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003729 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3730 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3731 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +00003732 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003733
3734 }
3735 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003736 return false;
3737}
3738
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003739QualType
3740ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003741 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003742 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003743 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003744 // unsigned int __flags;
3745 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003746 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3747 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003748 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003749 // } *
3750
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003751 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3752
3753 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003754 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3755 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3756 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003757 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003758 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003759 T->startDefinition();
3760 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3761 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3762 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3763 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3764 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3765 Int32Ty,
3766 Int32Ty,
3767 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3768 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3769 Ty
3770 };
3771
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003772 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003773 "__isa",
3774 "__forwarding",
3775 "__flags",
3776 "__size",
3777 "__copy_helper",
3778 "__destroy_helper",
3779 DeclName,
3780 };
3781
3782 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3783 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3784 continue;
3785 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003786 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003787 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003788 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003789 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003790 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003791 T->addDecl(Field);
3792 }
3793
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003794 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003795
3796 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003797}
3798
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003799void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003800 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003801 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3802 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3803}
3804
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003805// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3806// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003807static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003808 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003809 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3810 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003811
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003812 return false;
3813}
3814
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003815/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003816/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003817CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003818 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003820 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003821 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003822 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003823 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3824 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003825 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003826 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003827}
3828
3829static inline
3830std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3831 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003832}
3833
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003834/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003835/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003836std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3837 std::string S;
3838
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003839 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3840 QualType BlockTy =
3841 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3842 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003843 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003844 // Compute size of all parameters.
3845 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3846 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3847 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003848 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3849 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003850 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003851 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3852 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003853 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003854 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003855 ParmOffset += sz;
3856 }
3857 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003858 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003859 // Block pointer and offset.
3860 S += "@?0";
3861 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3862
3863 // Argument types.
3864 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3865 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3866 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3867 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3868 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3869 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3870 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3871 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3872 // elements.
3873 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3874 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3875 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3876 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3877 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003878 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003879 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003880 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003881
3882 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003883}
3884
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003885void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
3886 std::string& S) {
3887 // Encode result type.
3888 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3889 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3890 // Compute size of all parameters.
3891 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3892 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3893 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3894 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3895 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3896 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
3897 ParmOffset += sz;
3898 }
3899 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3900 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3901
3902 // Argument types.
3903 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3904 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3905 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3906 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3907 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3908 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3909 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3910 // elements.
3911 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3912 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3913 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3914 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3915 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3916 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3917 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3918 }
3919}
3920
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003921/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003922/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003923void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003924 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003925 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003926 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003927 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003928 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003929 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003930 // Compute size of all parameters.
3931 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3932 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3933 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003934 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003935 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3936 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003937 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003938 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003939 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003940 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003941 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003942 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3943 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003944 ParmOffset += sz;
3945 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003946 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003947 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003948 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003949
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003950 // Argument types.
3951 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003952 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003953 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003954 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003955 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003956 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003957 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3958 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3959 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003960 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003961 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3962 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3963 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003964 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003965 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003966 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003967 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003968 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003969 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003970 }
3971}
3972
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003973/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003974/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003975/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3976/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3978/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3979/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3980/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3981/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003982/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3983/// @code
3984/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3985/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3986/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3987/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3988/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3989/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3990/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3991/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3992/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3993/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3994/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3995/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3996/// };
3997/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003998void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003999 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004000 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004001 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4002 bool Dynamic = false;
4003 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4004
4005 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4006 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004007 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004008 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4009 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004010 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004011 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004012 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4013 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4014 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4015 Dynamic = true;
4016 } else {
4017 SynthesizePID = PID;
4018 }
4019 }
4020 }
4021 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004022 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004023 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004024 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004025 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004026 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
4027 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4028 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4029 Dynamic = true;
4030 } else {
4031 SynthesizePID = PID;
4032 }
4033 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004035 }
4036 }
4037
4038 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4039 S = "T";
4040
4041 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004042 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4043 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004044 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004045 true /* outermost type */,
4046 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004047
4048 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4049 S += ",R";
4050 } else {
4051 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4052 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4053 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004054 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004055 }
4056 }
4057
4058 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4059 // are "dynamic by default".
4060 if (Dynamic)
4061 S += ",D";
4062
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004063 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4064 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004065
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004066 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4067 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004068 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004069 }
4070
4071 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4072 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004073 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004074 }
4075
4076 if (SynthesizePID) {
4077 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4078 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004079 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004080 }
4081
4082 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4083}
4084
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004085/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4087/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004088/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4089///
4090void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004091 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004092 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004093 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004094 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004095 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004096 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004097 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4098 }
4099 }
4100}
4101
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004102void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004103 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004104 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4105 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4106 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4107 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004109 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004110}
4111
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004112static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4113 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4114 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4115 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4116 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4117 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4118 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4119 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4120 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4121 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004122 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004123 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4124 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4125 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4126 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4127 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004128 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4129 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004130 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4131 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004132 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004133 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4134 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4135 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4136 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004137 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004138 }
4139}
4140
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004141static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004142 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004143 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4144 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004145 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004146 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4147 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4148 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4149 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4150 //
4151 // struct
4152 // {
4153 // int integer;
4154 // int flags:2;
4155 // };
4156 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4157 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4158 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4159 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4160 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4161 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4162 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4163 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4164 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4165 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4166 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4167 unsigned i = 0;
4168 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4169 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4170 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4171 if (*Field == FD)
4172 break;
4173 }
4174 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnallc7ff82c2010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004175 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4176 S += 'i';
4177 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004178 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004179 }
4180 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004181 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4182}
4183
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004184// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004185void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4186 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4187 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004188 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004189 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004190 bool EncodingProperty,
4191 bool StructField) const {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004192 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004193 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004194 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4195 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004196 return;
4197 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004198
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004199 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004200 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004201 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004202 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004203 return;
4204 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004205
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004206 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4207 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004208 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004209 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4210 S += ':';
4211 return;
4212 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004213 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4214 }
4215 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4216 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4217 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004218 bool isReadOnly = false;
4219 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4220 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4221 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004222 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004223 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004224 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4225 isReadOnly = true;
4226 S += 'r';
4227 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004228 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004229 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004230 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4231 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004232 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4233 isReadOnly = true;
4234 S += 'r';
4235 }
4236 }
4237 if (isReadOnly) {
4238 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4239 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4240 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004241 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4242 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004243 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004244
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004245 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4246 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4247 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004248 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004249 S += '*';
4250 return;
4251 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004252 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004253 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4254 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4255 S += '#';
4256 return;
4257 }
4258 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4259 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4260 S += '@';
4261 return;
4262 }
4263 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004264 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004265 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004266 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4267
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004268 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004269 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004270 return;
4271 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004272
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004273 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4274 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4275 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004276 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004277 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4278 S += '^';
4279
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004281 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4282 } else {
4283 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004285 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
4286 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
4287 S += '0';
4288 else
4289 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4290 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004291 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004292 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
4293 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004294 S += '0';
4295 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296
4297 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004298 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4299 S += ']';
4300 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004301 return;
4302 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004304 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004305 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004306 return;
4307 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004308
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004309 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004310 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004311 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004312 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4313 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4314 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004315 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4316 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4317 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4318 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4319 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004320 TemplateArgs.data(),
4321 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004322 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4323
4324 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4325 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004326 } else {
4327 S += '?';
4328 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004329 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004330 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004331 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
4332 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
4333 } else {
4334 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4335 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4336 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
4337 if (FD) {
4338 S += '"';
4339 S += Field->getNameAsString();
4340 S += '"';
4341 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004342
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004343 // Special case bit-fields.
4344 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4345 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
4346 (*Field));
4347 } else {
4348 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4349 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4350 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
4351 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
4352 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4353 /*StructField*/true);
4354 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004355 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004356 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004357 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004358 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004359 return;
4360 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004361
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004362 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004363 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004364 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004365 else
4366 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004367 return;
4368 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004369
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004370 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004371 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004372 return;
4373 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004374
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004375 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4376 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4377 T = OT->getBaseType();
4378
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004379 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004380 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004381 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004382 S += '{';
4383 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4384 S += II->getName();
4385 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004386 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4387 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4388 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4389 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4390 if (Field->isBitField())
4391 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004392 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004393 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004394 }
4395 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004396 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004397 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004398
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004399 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004400 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4401 S += '@';
4402 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004403 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004404
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004405 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4406 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4407 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4408 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004409 S += '#';
4410 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004411 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004412
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004413 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004414 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004415 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4416 ExpandStructures, FD);
4417 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4418 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4419 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004420 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004421 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4422 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004423 S += '<';
4424 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4425 S += '>';
4426 }
4427 S += '"';
4428 }
4429 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004430 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004431
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004432 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4433 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4434 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4435 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004436 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004437 // {...};
4438 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004439 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4440 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004441 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004442 return;
4443 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004444
4445 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004446 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004447 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004448 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004449 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4450 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004451 S += '<';
4452 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4453 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004454 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004455 S += '"';
4456 }
4457 return;
4458 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004459
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004460 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4461 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4462 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4463 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004464
4465 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4466 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4467 // insufficient.
4468 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4469 return;
4470 }
4471
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004472 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004473}
4474
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004475void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
4476 std::string &S,
4477 const FieldDecl *FD,
4478 bool includeVBases) const {
4479 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
4480 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
4481 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
4482 return;
4483
4484 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
4485 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
4486 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
4487
4488 if (CXXRec) {
4489 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4490 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
4491 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4492 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
4493 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4494 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4495 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4496 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4497 }
4498 }
4499 }
4500
4501 unsigned i = 0;
4502 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4503 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
4504 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
4505 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
4506 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4507 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
4508 }
4509
4510 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
4511 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
4512 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
4513 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
4514 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4515 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
4516 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4517 std::make_pair(offs, base));
4518 }
4519 }
4520
4521 CharUnits size;
4522 if (CXXRec) {
4523 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
4524 } else {
4525 size = layout.getSize();
4526 }
4527
4528 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
4529 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4530 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
4531
4532 if (CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) {
4533 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
4534 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
4535 if (FD) {
4536 S += "\"_vptr$";
4537 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
4538 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
4539 S += recname;
4540 S += '"';
4541 }
4542 S += "^^?";
4543 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
4544 }
4545
4546 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4547 // Mark the end of the structure.
4548 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
4549 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
4550 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
4551 }
4552
4553 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
4554 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
4555
4556 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
4557 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
4558 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
4559 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
4560 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
4561 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
4562 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
4563 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
4564 // longer then though.
4565 CurOffs += padding;
4566 }
4567
4568 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
4569 if (dcl == 0)
4570 break; // reached end of structure.
4571
4572 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
4573 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
4574 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
4575 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
4576 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
4577 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
4578 if (!base->isEmpty())
4579 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
4580 } else {
4581 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
4582 if (FD) {
4583 S += '"';
4584 S += field->getNameAsString();
4585 S += '"';
4586 }
4587
4588 if (field->isBitField()) {
4589 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
4590 CurOffs += field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue();
4591 } else {
4592 QualType qt = field->getType();
4593 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
4594 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
4595 /*OutermostType*/false,
4596 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
4597 /*StructField*/true);
4598 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
4599 }
4600 }
4601 }
4602}
4603
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004604void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004605 std::string& S) const {
4606 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4607 S += 'n';
4608 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4609 S += 'N';
4610 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4611 S += 'o';
4612 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4613 S += 'O';
4614 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4615 S += 'R';
4616 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4617 S += 'V';
4618}
4619
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004620void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004621 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004622
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004623 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4624}
4625
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004626void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004627 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004628}
4629
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004630void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004631 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004632}
4633
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004634void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004635 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004636}
4637
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004638void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004639 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004640}
4641
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004642void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004644 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004645
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004646 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004647}
4648
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004649/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4650/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004651TemplateName
4652ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4653 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004654 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4655 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4656
4657 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4658 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4659 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4660
4661 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004662 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004663 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4664 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4665 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4666 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4667 *Storage++ = D;
4668 }
4669
4670 return TemplateName(OT);
4671}
4672
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004673/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4674/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004675TemplateName
4676ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4677 bool TemplateKeyword,
4678 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004679 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4680
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004681 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004682 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4683 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4684
4685 void *InsertPos = 0;
4686 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4687 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4688 if (!QTN) {
4689 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4690 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4691 }
4692
4693 return TemplateName(QTN);
4694}
4695
4696/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4697/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004698TemplateName
4699ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4700 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004701 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004702 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004703
4704 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4705 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4706
4707 void *InsertPos = 0;
4708 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4709 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4710
4711 if (QTN)
4712 return TemplateName(QTN);
4713
4714 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4715 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4716 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4717 } else {
4718 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4719 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004720 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4721 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4722 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4723 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004724 }
4725
4726 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4727 return TemplateName(QTN);
4728}
4729
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004730/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4731/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4732TemplateName
4733ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004734 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004735 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4736 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4737
4738 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4739 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4740
4741 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004742 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4743 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004744
4745 if (QTN)
4746 return TemplateName(QTN);
4747
4748 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4749 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4750 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4751 } else {
4752 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4753 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004754
4755 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4756 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4757 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4758 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004759 }
4760
4761 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4762 return TemplateName(QTN);
4763}
4764
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004765TemplateName
4766ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4767 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4768 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4769 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4770 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4771
4772 void *InsertPos = 0;
4773 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4774 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4775
4776 if (!Subst) {
4777 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param,
4778 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4779 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4780 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4781 }
4782
4783 return TemplateName(Subst);
4784}
4785
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004786/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004787/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4788/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004789CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004790 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004791 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004792 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4793 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4794 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4795 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4796 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4797 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4798 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4799 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4800 }
4801
4802 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004803 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004804}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004805
4806//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4807// Type Predicates.
4808//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4809
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004810/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4811/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4812/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004813/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004814///
4815bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004816 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004817 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004818 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004819 return true;
4820 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004821 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004822}
4823
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004824/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4825/// garbage collection attribute.
4826///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004827Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4828 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4829 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4830
4831 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4832 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4833
4834 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4835 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4836 // as __strong.
4837 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4838 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4839 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4840 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4841 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4842 } else {
4843 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4844 // pointer.
4845#ifndef NDEBUG
4846 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4847 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4848 CT = AT->getElementType();
4849 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4850#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004851 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004852 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004853}
4854
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004855//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4856// Type Compatibility Testing
4857//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004858
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004859/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004860/// compatible.
4861static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4862 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004863 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004864 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004865 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004866}
4867
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004868bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4869 QualType SecondVec) {
4870 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4871 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4872
4873 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4874 return true;
4875
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004876 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4877 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004878 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4879 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004880 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004881 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004882 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4883 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4884 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4885 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004886 return true;
4887
4888 return false;
4889}
4890
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004891//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4892// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4893//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4894
4895/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4896/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004897bool
4898ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4899 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004900 if (lProto == rProto)
4901 return true;
4902 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4903 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4904 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4905 return true;
4906 return false;
4907}
4908
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004909/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4910/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4911/// otherwise.
4912bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4913 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4914 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4915 return false;
4916}
4917
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004918/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4919/// Class<p1, ...>.
4920bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4921 QualType rhs) {
4922 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4923 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4924 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4925
4926 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4927 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4928 bool match = false;
4929 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4930 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4931 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4932 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4933 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4934 match = true;
4935 break;
4936 }
4937 }
4938 if (!match)
4939 return false;
4940 }
4941 return true;
4942}
4943
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004944/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4945/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4946bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4947 bool compare) {
4948 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004949 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004950 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4951 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004952 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004953 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4954 return true;
4955
4956 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004957 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004958
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004959 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004960
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004961 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004962 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004963 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4964 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4965 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4966 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4967 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4968 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4969 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004970 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004971 return false;
4972 }
4973 }
4974 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4975 return true;
4976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004977 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004978 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4979 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4980 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4981 bool match = false;
4982
4983 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4984 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4985 // through its super class and categories.
4986 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4987 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4988 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4989 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4990 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4991 match = true;
4992 break;
4993 }
4994 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004995 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004996 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4997 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4998 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4999 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5000 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
5001 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5002 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00005003 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005004 match = true;
5005 break;
5006 }
5007 }
5008 }
5009 if (!match)
5010 return false;
5011 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005012
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005013 return true;
5014 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005015
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005016 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
5017 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
5018
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005019 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005020 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005021 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005022 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
5023 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5024 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
5025 bool match = false;
5026
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005027 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005028 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
5029 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005030 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
5031 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005032 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5033 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5034 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5035 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5036 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5037 match = true;
5038 break;
5039 }
5040 }
5041 if (!match)
5042 return false;
5043 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00005044
5045 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
5046 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
5047 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
5048 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
5049 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
5050 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
5051 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
5052 // assume that it is mismatch.
5053 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
5054 return false;
5055 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5056 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5057 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5058 bool match = false;
5059 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
5060 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
5061 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
5062 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
5063 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
5064 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
5065 match = true;
5066 break;
5067 }
5068 }
5069 if (!match)
5070 return false;
5071 }
5072 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005073 return true;
5074 }
5075 return false;
5076}
5077
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005078/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005079/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
5080/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
5081///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005082bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5083 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005084 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5085 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5086
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00005087 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005088 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
5089 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005090 return true;
5091
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005092 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005093 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5094 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005095 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00005096
5097 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
5098 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5099 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
5100
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005101 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
5102 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005103 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005104
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00005105 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005106}
5107
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005108/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00005109/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005110/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
5111/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
5112/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
5113bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5114 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005115 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5116 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005117 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005118 return true;
5119
5120 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5121 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
5122 }
5123
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00005124 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005125 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
5126 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
5127 false);
5128
5129 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5130 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
5131 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
5132 if (LHS != RHS) {
5133 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005134 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005135 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005136 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005137 }
5138 else
5139 return true;
5140 }
5141 return false;
5142}
5143
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005144/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
5145/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
5146/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
5147/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
5148static
5149void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
5150 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
5151 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
5152 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
5153
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005154 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
5155 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
5156 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
5157 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005158
5159 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
5160 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
5161 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
5162 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
5163 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005164 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005165 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
5166 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005167 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5168 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
5169 }
5170
5171 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
5172 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00005173 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
5174 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005175 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
5176 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
5177 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
5178 }
5179 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005180 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005181 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
5182 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00005183 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5184 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5185 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
5186 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
5187 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005188 }
5189}
5190
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005191/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
5192/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
5193/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
5194/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
5195QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005196 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
5197 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
5198 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
5199 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
5200 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
5201 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005202 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005203 return QualType();
5204
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005205 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005206 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005207 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005208 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
5209 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5210
5211 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5212 if (!Protocols.empty())
5213 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5214 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5215 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005216 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005217 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005218
5219 return QualType();
5220}
5221
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005222bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5223 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5224 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5225 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5226
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005227 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5228 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005229 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005230 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005231
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005232 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5233 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005234 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005235 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005236
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005237 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5238 // more detailed analysis is required.
5239 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5240 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5241 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5242 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005243 bool IsSuperClass =
5244 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5245 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005246 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5247 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5248 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5249 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5250 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005251 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005252 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5253 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5254 return false;
5255
5256 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5257 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5258 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5259 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5260 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5261
5262 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5263 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5264 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5265 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5266 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5267 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5268 break;
5269 }
5270 }
5271 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5272 return false;
5273 }
5274 return true;
5275 }
5276 return false;
5277 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005278
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005279 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5280 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005281 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5282 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5283
5284 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5285 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005286 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5287 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005288 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5289 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005290 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005291 break;
5292 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005293 }
5294 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5295 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5296 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005297 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005298 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5299 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005300}
5301
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005302bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5303 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005304 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5305 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005306
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005307 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005308 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005309
5310 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5311 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005312}
5313
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005314bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5315 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5316 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5317 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5318}
5319
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005320/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005321/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005322/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005323/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005324bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5325 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5327 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5328
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005329 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005330}
5331
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005332bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5333 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5334}
5335
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005336/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5337/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5338/// QualType()
5339QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5340 bool OfBlockPointer,
5341 bool Unqualified) {
5342 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5343 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5344 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5345 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5346 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005347 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005348 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5349 if (!MT.isNull())
5350 return MT;
5351 }
5352 }
5353 }
5354
5355 return QualType();
5356}
5357
5358/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5359/// argument types
5360QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5361 bool OfBlockPointer,
5362 bool Unqualified) {
5363 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5364 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5365 // type is compatible with a union member
5366 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5367 Unqualified);
5368 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5369 return lmerge;
5370
5371 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5372 Unqualified);
5373 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5374 return rmerge;
5375
5376 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5377}
5378
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005379QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005380 bool OfBlockPointer,
5381 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005382 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5383 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005384 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5385 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005386 bool allLTypes = true;
5387 bool allRTypes = true;
5388
5389 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005390 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005391 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5392 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5393 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5394 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5395 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5396 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005397 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005398 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005399 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005400 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5401 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005402 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005403
5404 if (Unqualified)
5405 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5406
5407 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5408 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5409 if (Unqualified) {
5410 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5411 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5412 }
5413
5414 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005415 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005416 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005417 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005418
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005419 // FIXME: double check this
5420 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5421 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5422 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005423 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5424 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005425
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005426 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005427 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005428 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005429
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005430 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005431 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5432 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005433 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5434 return QualType();
5435
5436 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5437 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5438 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5439 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5440 allLTypes = false;
5441 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5442 allRTypes = false;
5443
5444 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005445 lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm(),
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005446 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
5447 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005448
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005449 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005450 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5451 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005452 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5453 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5454
5455 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5456 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5457 return QualType();
5458
5459 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5460 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5461 return QualType();
5462
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005463 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5464 return QualType();
5465
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005466 // Check argument compatibility
5467 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5468 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5469 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5470 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005471 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5472 OfBlockPointer,
5473 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005474 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005475
5476 if (Unqualified)
5477 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5478
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005479 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005480 if (Unqualified) {
5481 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5482 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5483 }
5484
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005485 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5486 allLTypes = false;
5487 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5488 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005489 }
5490 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5491 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005492
5493 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5494 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5495 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005496 }
5497
5498 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5499 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5500
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005501 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005502 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005503 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005504 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5505 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5506 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5507 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5508 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5509 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5510 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5511 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5512 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005513
5514 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5515 // to pass enum values.
5516 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5517 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5518
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005519 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5520 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5521 return QualType();
5522 }
5523
5524 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5525 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005526
5527 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5528 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005529 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005530 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005531 }
5532
5533 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5534 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005535 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005536}
5537
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005538QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005539 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005540 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005541 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5542 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5543 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005544 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5545 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005546 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5547 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005548
5549 if (Unqualified) {
5550 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5551 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5552 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005553
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005554 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5555 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5556
5557 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5558 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5559 return LHS;
5560
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005561 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005562 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5563 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005564 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5565 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5566 // mismatch.
5567 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5568 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5569 return QualType();
5570
5571 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5572 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5573 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5574 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5575 // qualified __strong.
5576 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5577 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5578 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5579
5580 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5581 return QualType();
5582
5583 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5584 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5585 }
5586 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5587 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5588 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005589 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005590 }
5591
5592 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005593
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005594 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5595 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005596
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005597 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5598 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5599 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5600 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005601
5602 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005603 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5604 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5605 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5606 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005607
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005608 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5609 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5610 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5611
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005612 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5613 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5614 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005615
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005616 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005617 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005618 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005619 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005620 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5621 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005622 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005623 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5624 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005625 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005626 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005627 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5628 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005629 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005630
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005631 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005632 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005633
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005634 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005635 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005636#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5637#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005638#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005639#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5640#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5641#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5642 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5643 return QualType();
5644
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005645 case Type::LValueReference:
5646 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005647 case Type::MemberPointer:
5648 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5649 return QualType();
5650
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005651 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005652 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5653 case Type::VariableArray:
5654 case Type::FunctionProto:
5655 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005656 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5657 return QualType();
5658
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005659 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005660 {
5661 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005662 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5663 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005664 if (Unqualified) {
5665 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5666 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5667 }
5668 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5669 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005670 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005671 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005672 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005673 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005674 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005675 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5676 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005677 case Type::BlockPointer:
5678 {
5679 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005680 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5681 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005682 if (Unqualified) {
5683 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5684 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5685 }
5686 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5687 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005688 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5689 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5690 return LHS;
5691 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5692 return RHS;
5693 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5694 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005695 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005696 {
5697 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5698 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5699 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5700 return QualType();
5701
5702 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5703 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005704 if (Unqualified) {
5705 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5706 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5707 }
5708
5709 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005710 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005711 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5712 return LHS;
5713 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5714 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005715 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5716 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5717 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5718 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005719 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5720 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005721 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5722 return LHS;
5723 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5724 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005725 if (LVAT) {
5726 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5727 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5728 // has to be different.
5729 return LHS;
5730 }
5731 if (RVAT) {
5732 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5733 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5734 // has to be different.
5735 return RHS;
5736 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005737 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5738 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005739 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5740 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005741 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005742 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005743 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005744 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005745 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005746 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005747 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005748 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005749 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005750 case Type::Complex:
5751 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5752 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005753 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005754 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005755 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5756 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005757 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005758 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005759 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5760 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005761 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5762 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005763 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5764 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5765 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005766 return LHS;
5767
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005768 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005769 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005770 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005771 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5772 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5773 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005774 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5775 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005776 return LHS;
5777 return QualType();
5778 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005779 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5780 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005781 return LHS;
5782
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005783 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005784 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005785 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005786
5787 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005788}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005789
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005790/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5791/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5792/// return types.
5793QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5794 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5795 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5796 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5797 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5798 return LHS;
5799 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5800 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5801 return QualType();
5802 QualType OldReturnType =
5803 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5804 QualType NewReturnType =
5805 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5806 QualType ResReturnType =
5807 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5808 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5809 return QualType();
5810 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5811 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5812 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5813 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5814 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005815 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5816 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005817 QualType ResultType
5818 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005819 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005820 return ResultType;
5821 }
5822 }
5823 return QualType();
5824 }
5825
5826 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5827 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5828 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5829 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5830 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5831 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5832 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5833 return QualType();
5834
5835 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5836 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5837 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5838 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5839 // qualified __strong.
5840 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5841 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5842 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5843
5844 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5845 return QualType();
5846
5847 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5848 return LHS;
5849 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5850 return RHS;
5851 return QualType();
5852 }
5853
5854 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5855 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5856 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5857 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5858 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5859 return LHS;
5860 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5861 return RHS;
5862 }
5863 return QualType();
5864}
5865
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005866//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005867// Integer Predicates
5868//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005869
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005870unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005871 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005872 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005873 if (T->isBooleanType())
5874 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005875 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005876 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5877}
5878
5879QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005880 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005881
5882 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5883 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5884 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005885 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005886
5887 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5888 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005889 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005890
5891 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5892 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005893 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5894 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5895 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5896 return UnsignedCharTy;
5897 case BuiltinType::Short:
5898 return UnsignedShortTy;
5899 case BuiltinType::Int:
5900 return UnsignedIntTy;
5901 case BuiltinType::Long:
5902 return UnsignedLongTy;
5903 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5904 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005905 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5906 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005907 default:
5908 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5909 return QualType();
5910 }
5911}
5912
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005913ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5914
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005915
5916//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5917// Builtin Type Computation
5918//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5919
5920/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005921/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5922/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5923/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5924/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005925///
5926/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5927/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005928static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005929 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005930 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005931 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005932 // Modifiers.
5933 int HowLong = 0;
5934 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005935 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005936
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005937 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005938 bool Done = false;
5939 while (!Done) {
5940 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005941 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005942 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005943 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005944 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005945 case 'S':
5946 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5947 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5948 Signed = true;
5949 break;
5950 case 'U':
5951 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5952 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5953 Unsigned = true;
5954 break;
5955 case 'L':
5956 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5957 ++HowLong;
5958 break;
5959 }
5960 }
5961
5962 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005963
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005964 // Read the base type.
5965 switch (*Str++) {
5966 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5967 case 'v':
5968 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5969 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5970 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5971 break;
5972 case 'f':
5973 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5974 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5975 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5976 break;
5977 case 'd':
5978 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5979 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5980 if (HowLong)
5981 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5982 else
5983 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5984 break;
5985 case 's':
5986 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5987 if (Unsigned)
5988 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5989 else
5990 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5991 break;
5992 case 'i':
5993 if (HowLong == 3)
5994 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5995 else if (HowLong == 2)
5996 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5997 else if (HowLong == 1)
5998 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5999 else
6000 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
6001 break;
6002 case 'c':
6003 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
6004 if (Signed)
6005 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
6006 else if (Unsigned)
6007 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
6008 else
6009 Type = Context.CharTy;
6010 break;
6011 case 'b': // boolean
6012 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
6013 Type = Context.BoolTy;
6014 break;
6015 case 'z': // size_t.
6016 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
6017 Type = Context.getSizeType();
6018 break;
6019 case 'F':
6020 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
6021 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00006022 case 'G':
6023 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
6024 break;
6025 case 'H':
6026 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
6027 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006028 case 'a':
6029 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6030 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
6031 break;
6032 case 'A':
6033 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
6034 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
6035 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
6036 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
6037 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
6038 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
6039 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
6040 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
6041 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
6042 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006043 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006044 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006045 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006046 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006047 break;
6048 case 'V': {
6049 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006050 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6051 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006052 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006053
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006054 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
6055 RequiresICE, false);
6056 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006057
6058 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00006059 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00006060 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006061 break;
6062 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006063 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006064 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
6065 false);
6066 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00006067 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
6068 break;
6069 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006070 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00006071 Type = Context.getFILEType();
6072 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006073 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006074 return QualType();
6075 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006076 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00006077 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006078 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006079 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006080 else
6081 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
6082
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006083 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00006084 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00006085 return QualType();
6086 }
6087 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00006088 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006089
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006090 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
6091 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006092 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00006093 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006094 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
6095 case '*':
6096 case '&': {
6097 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
6098 // qualified with an address space.
6099 char *End;
6100 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
6101 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
6102 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
6103 Str = End;
6104 }
6105 if (c == '*')
6106 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
6107 else
6108 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
6109 break;
6110 }
6111 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
6112 case 'C':
6113 Type = Type.withConst();
6114 break;
6115 case 'D':
6116 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
6117 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006118 }
6119 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006120
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006121 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00006122 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006123
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006124 return Type;
6125}
6126
6127/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006128QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006129 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006130 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00006131 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006132
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006133 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006134
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006135 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006136 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006137 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
6138 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006139 if (Error != GE_None)
6140 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006141
6142 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
6143
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006144 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006145 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006146 if (Error != GE_None)
6147 return QualType();
6148
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00006149 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
6150 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
6151 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
6152 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
6153
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006154 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
6155 if (Ty->isArrayType())
6156 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006157
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006158 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
6159 }
6160
6161 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
6162 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
6163
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006164 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
6165 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
6166
6167 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
6168
6169 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
6170 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
6171 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006172
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006173 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00006174 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
6175 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006176
6177 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00006178}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00006179
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006180GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6181 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6182
6183 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006184 switch (L) {
6185 case NoLinkage:
6186 case InternalLinkage:
6187 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6188 return GVA_Internal;
6189
6190 case ExternalLinkage:
6191 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
6192 case TSK_Undeclared:
6193 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6194 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
6195 break;
6196
6197 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6198 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6199
6200 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6201 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6202 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6203 break;
6204 }
6205 }
6206
6207 if (!FD->isInlined())
6208 return External;
6209
6210 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6211 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6212 // externally visible.
6213 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6214 return External;
6215
6216 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6217 return GVA_C99Inline;
6218 }
6219
6220 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6221 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6222 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6223 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6224 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6225 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6226 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6227 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6228 return GVA_C99Inline;
6229
6230 return GVA_CXXInline;
6231}
6232
6233GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6234 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6235 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6236 // template.
6237 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6238 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6239 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6240
6241 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6242 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6243 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6244 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6245
6246 switch (L) {
6247 case NoLinkage:
6248 case InternalLinkage:
6249 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6250 return GVA_Internal;
6251
6252 case ExternalLinkage:
6253 switch (TSK) {
6254 case TSK_Undeclared:
6255 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6256 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6257
6258 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6259 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6260 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6261
6262 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6263 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6264
6265 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6266 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6267 }
6268 }
6269
6270 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6271}
6272
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006273bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006274 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6275 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6276 return false;
6277 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6278 return false;
6279
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006280 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6281 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6282 return false;
6283
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006284 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6285 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6286 return true;
6287
6288 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6289 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00006290 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006291 return false;
6292
6293 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6294 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6295 return true;
6296
6297 // The key function for a class is required.
6298 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6299 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6300 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6301 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6302 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6303 return true;
6304 }
6305 }
6306
6307 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6308
6309 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6310 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6311 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6312 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6313 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6314 return false;
6315 return true;
6316 }
6317
6318 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6319 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6320
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006321 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6322 return false;
6323
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006324 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6325
6326 // FIXME: Handle references.
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006327 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006328 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6329 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00006330 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
6331 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
6332 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
6333 RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006334 return true;
6335 }
6336 }
6337
6338 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6339 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6340 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6341 return false;
6342 }
6343
6344 return true;
6345}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006346
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006347CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6348 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6349 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6350}
6351
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006352bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006353 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6354 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6355}
6356
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006357MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6358 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6359 case CXXABI_ARM:
6360 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6361 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6362 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6363 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6364 }
6365 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6366 return 0;
6367}
6368
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006369CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006370
6371size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
6372 size_t bytes = 0;
6373 bytes += ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize();
6374 bytes += ObjCLayouts.getMemorySize();
6375 bytes += KeyFunctions.getMemorySize();
6376 bytes += ObjCImpls.getMemorySize();
6377 bytes += BlockVarCopyInits.getMemorySize();
6378 bytes += DeclAttrs.getMemorySize();
6379 bytes += InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.getMemorySize();
6380 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.getMemorySize();
6381 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.getMemorySize();
6382 bytes += InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.getMemorySize();
6383 return bytes;
6384}
6385